blob: ccd47fad3ad151b413c4e480827a0f81ac68ee8c [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
143 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
144 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
145 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
146 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
147 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
148 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
153 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000156 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /cpu CPU specific files
158 /lib Architecture specific library files
159 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
160 /cpu CPU specific files
161 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
162 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
163 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
164 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
165 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
167 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200172 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800173 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000175 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500179 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200182 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500183 /cpu CPU specific files
184 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
189 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
190 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
191 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
193 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
196 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
197 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
198 /lib Architecture specific library files
199 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
200 /cpu CPU specific files
201 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
202 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
210/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
211/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
212/include Header Files
213/lib Files generic to all architectures
214 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
215 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
216 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
217/net Networking code
218/post Power On Self Test
219/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
220/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000221
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222Software Configuration:
223=======================
224
225Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
226rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
227
228There are two classes of configuration variables:
229
230* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
231 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
232 "CONFIG_".
233
234* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
235 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
236 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200237 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
239Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
240identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
241do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
242links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
243as an example here.
244
245
246Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
247---------------------------------------------------
248
249For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
250configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
251
252Example: For a TQM823L module type:
253
254 cd u-boot
255 make TQM823L_config
256
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200257For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000258e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
259directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
260
261
262Configuration Options:
263----------------------
264
265Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
266such information is kept in a configuration file
267"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
270"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
271
272
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000273Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
274kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
275build a config tool - later.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278The following options need to be configured:
279
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500280- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200283
284- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100285 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000286
287- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
288 Define exactly one of
289 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
290--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
292 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
293
294- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
295 Define exactly one of
296 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
297
298- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
299 Define one or more of
300 CONFIG_CMA302
301
302- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
303 Define one or more of
304 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200305 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000306 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
307
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000308- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
309 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
310 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200311 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
312 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
314 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000315
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530316- Marvell Family Member
317 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
318 multiple fs option at one time
319 for marvell soc family
320
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000321- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000322 Define exactly one of
323 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000324
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200325- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000326 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
327 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000328 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
329 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000330 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
331 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000333- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200334 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000337 See doc/README.MPC866
338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200339 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000340
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000341 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
342 of relying on the correctness of the configured
343 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
344 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
345 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000347
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100348 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
349
350 Define this option if you want to enable the
351 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
352
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600353- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000354 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
355
356 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
357 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
358 compliance, among other possible reasons.
359
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600360 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
361
362 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
363 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
364 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
365
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
367
368 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
369 tree nodes for the given platform.
370
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
372
373 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
374 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
375 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
376 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
377 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
378 purpose.
379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
381
382 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
383 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
385
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
388
389 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
390 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
391
392 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
393 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
394 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
395 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
396
397 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
398 this erratum.
399
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
401 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
402 requred during NOR boot.
403
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
405
406 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
407 according to the A004510 workaround.
408
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530409 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
410 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
411 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
412
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530413 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
414 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
415 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
419 connected to the DSP core.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
422 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
423
York Suncb930712013-06-25 11:37:41 -0700424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
425 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
426 deskew training are not available.
427
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000428- Generic CPU options:
429 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
430
431 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
432 values is arch specific.
433
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100434- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100436
437 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
439 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200441 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200442
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100443 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
444 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200445 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100446 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200447
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200448- MIPS CPU options:
449 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
450
451 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
452 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
453 relocation.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
456
457 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
458 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
459 Possible values are:
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
462 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
463 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
466 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
470
471 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
472 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
473
474 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
475
476 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
477 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
478 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
479
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000480- ARM options:
481 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
482
483 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
484 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
485
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000486 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
487
488 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
489 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
490 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
491 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
492 GCC.
493
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000494 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000495 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
496 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
497 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
498
499 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
500 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
501 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
502 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
503 set these options unless they apply!
504
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000505- CPU timer options:
506 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
507
508 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
509 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
510 option must be set to 1000.
511
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000512- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000513 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
514
515 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
516 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
517 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
518 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
519 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
520 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
521 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000522 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100523 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000524 default environment.
525
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000526 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
527
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200528 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000529 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
530 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
531
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200533
534 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400535 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
536 concepts).
537
538 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
539 * New libfdt-based support
540 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500541 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400542
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200543 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
544 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
545 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
546 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200547 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600548 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200549
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200550 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
551 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500552
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600553 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
554
555 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
556 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000557
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500558 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
559
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200560 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500561 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
562
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200563 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
564
565 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
566 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
567 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
568 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
569 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
570 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
571
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000572 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
573
574 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
575 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
576 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
577 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
578 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
579 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
580 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
581
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100582- vxWorks boot parameters:
583
584 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
585 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
586 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
587
588 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
589 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
590 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
591 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
592
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
594
595 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
596
597 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
598 the defaults discussed just above.
599
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000600- Cache Configuration:
601 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
602 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
603 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
604
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000605- Cache Configuration for ARM:
606 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
607 controller
608 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
609 controller register space
610
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000611- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200612 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000613
614 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
615
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
619
620 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
621
622 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
623 the clock speed of the UARTs.
624
625 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
626
627 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
628 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
629 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
630
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
632
633 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
634 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
635 this variable to initialize the extra register.
636
637 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
638
639 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
640 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
641 variable to flush the UART at init time.
642
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000643
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000644- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000645 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
646 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
647 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
648 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649
650 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
651 port routines must be defined elsewhere
652 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
653
654 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
655 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000656 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000657 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
658 (default big endian)
659 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
660 rectangle fill
661 (cf. smiLynxEM)
662 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
663 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
664 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
665 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000666 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
667 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000668 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
669 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000671 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
672 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
673 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
674 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
675 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
676 (i.e. i8042_getc)
677 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
678 (requires blink timer
679 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200680 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
682 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500683 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
685 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000686 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
687 linux_logo.h for logo.
688 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200690 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 the logo
692
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000693 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
694 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
695 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
696
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
698 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
699 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000700
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000701 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
702 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
703 the "silent" environment variable. See
704 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000705
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000706- Console Baudrate:
707 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
708 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200709 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
710 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000711
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100712- Console Rx buffer length
713 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
714 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100715 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
717 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
718 the SMC.
719
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000720- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200721 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
722 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
723 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
724 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
725 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
726 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
727 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200728 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200729 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000730
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200731 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
732 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000733
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000734- Safe printf() functions
735 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
736 the printf() functions. These are defined in
737 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
738 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
739 If this option is not given then these functions will
740 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
741 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
742
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000743- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
744 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
745 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000746 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
747 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000748
749 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
750 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
751 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
752 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
753 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
754 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
755 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
756 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
759 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
760 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
761
762- Autoboot Command:
763 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
764 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
765 define a command string that is automatically executed
766 when no character is read on the console interface
767 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
768
769 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000770 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
771 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
772 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773
774 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000775 The value of these goes into the environment as
776 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
777 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200778 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779
780- Pre-Boot Commands:
781 CONFIG_PREBOOT
782
783 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
784 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
785 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
786 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
787 entering interactive mode.
788
789 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
790 automatically generated or modified. For an example
791 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
792 modified when the user holds down a certain
793 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
794 booting the systems
795
796- Serial Download Echo Mode:
797 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
798 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
799 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
800 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
801 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
802 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
803 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
804
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000806 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
807 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200808 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000809
810- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
812 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000813 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
814 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 and augmenting with additional #define's
816 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000817
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500818 The default command configuration includes all commands
819 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
823 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
824 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
825 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
826 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
827 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
828 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500829 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
831 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
832 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600833 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
834 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
835 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
836 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
838 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
841 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600842 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600843 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000845 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
846 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
851 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
852 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200853 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000856 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500858 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
859 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
860 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
861 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000862 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200863 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
868 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
869 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
870 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200871 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000872 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
873 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
875 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200876 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400877 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000878 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000880 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200881 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
883 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
884 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100885 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
887 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200888 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600889 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
892 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
893 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
894 host
895 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
898 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
902 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
903 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
904 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
905 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700906 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200907 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400908 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800909 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200910 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500911 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000913 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000914 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
915 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500917 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000918 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200919 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921
922 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
923 support you can write:
924
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
926 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400928 Other Commands:
929 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
931 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000933 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
934 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
935 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
936 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
937 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
938 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939
940
941 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
942
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000943- Regular expression support:
944 CONFIG_REGEX
945 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
946 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
947 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
948 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
949
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000950- Device tree:
951 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
952 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
953 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
954 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
955 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
956 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
957
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000958 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
959 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000960
961 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
962 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
963 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
964 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
965 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
966 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000967
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000968 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
969 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
970 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
971 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
972
973 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
974
975 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
976 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
977 still use the individual files if you need something more
978 exotic.
979
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000980- Watchdog:
981 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
982 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000983 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
984 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
985 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
986 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
987 available, then no further board specific code should
988 be needed to use it.
989
990 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
991 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
992 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
993 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000995- U-Boot Version:
996 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
997 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
998 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
999 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001000 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1001 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003- Real-Time Clock:
1004
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001005 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1007 following options:
1008
1009 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1010 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001011 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001013 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001017 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001019 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001020 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1021 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001023 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1024 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1025
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001026- GPIO Support:
1027 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1028 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1029
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001030 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1031 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1032 pins supported by a particular chip.
1033
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001034 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1035 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1036
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001037- Timestamp Support:
1038
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001039 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1040 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1041 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001043
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001044- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1045 Zero or more of the following:
1046 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1047 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1048 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1049 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1050 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1051 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1052 disk/part_efi.c
1053 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001054
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001055 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1056 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001057 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
1059- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001060 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1061 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001062
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001063 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1064 be performed by calling the function
1065 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1066 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068- ATAPI Support:
1069 CONFIG_ATAPI
1070
1071 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1072
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001073- LBA48 Support
1074 CONFIG_LBA48
1075
1076 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001077 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001078 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1079 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001082 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1083 Default is 32bit.
1084
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085- SCSI Support:
1086 At the moment only there is only support for the
1087 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1088 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001090 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1091 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1092 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001093 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1094 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001095 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001096
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001097 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1098 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001101 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001102 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1103
1104 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1105 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1106 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1107 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1108
1109 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1110 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1111 example with the "sspi" command.
1112
1113 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1114 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1115 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001116
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001117 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001118 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001120 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1121 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001122 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001123 write routine for first time initialisation.
1124
1125 CONFIG_TULIP
1126 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1127 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1128 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1129
1130 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1131 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1132
1133 CONFIG_NS8382X
1134 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1135
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001136- NETWORK Support (other):
1137
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001138 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1139 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1140
1141 CONFIG_RMII
1142 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1143
1144 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1145 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1146 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1147
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001148 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1149 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1150
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001151 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001152 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1153
1154 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1155 Define this to hold the physical address
1156 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1157
1158 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1159 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1160
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001161 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001162 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1163
1164 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1165 Define this to hold the physical address
1166 of the device (I/O space)
1167
1168 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1169 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1170
1171 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1172 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1173 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1174
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001175 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1176 Support for davinci emac
1177
1178 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1179 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1180
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001181 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1182 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1183
1184 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1185 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1186 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1187 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1188 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1189 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1190 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1191 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1192
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001193 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001194 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1195
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001196 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001197 Define this to hold the physical address
1198 of the device (I/O space)
1199
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001200 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001201 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1202
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001203 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001204 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1205 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001206 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001207
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1209 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1210
1211 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1212 Define the number of ports to be used
1213
1214 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1215 Define the ETH PHY's address
1216
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001217 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1218 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1219
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001220- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001221 CONFIG_TPM
1222 Support TPM devices.
1223
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001224 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1225 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1226 per system is supported at this time.
1227
1228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1229 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1230
1231 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1232 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1233
1234 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1235 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1236
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001237 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1238 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1239
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001240 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001241 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1242 per system is supported at this time.
1243
1244 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1245 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1246 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1247 0xfed40000.
1248
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001249 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1250 Add tpm monitor functions.
1251 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1252 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1253
1254 CONFIG_TPM
1255 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1256 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1257 Requires support for a TPM device.
1258
1259 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1260 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1261 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1262
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001263- USB Support:
1264 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001265 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1267 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001268 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269 storage devices.
1270 Note:
1271 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1272 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001273 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1274 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1275 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001276 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1277 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001278 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1279 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1280 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001281 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1282 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001283 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001284 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1285 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001286
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001287 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1288 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1289
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001290 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1291 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1292
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001293- USB Device:
1294 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1295 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1296 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001297 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001298 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1299 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001300 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001301 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1302 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1303 a Linux host by
1304 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1305 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1306 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1307 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001308
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001309 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1310 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001312 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1313 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1314 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001315
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301316 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1317 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1318 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1319 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1320 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1321 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1322 speed.
1323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001324 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001325 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1326 be set to usbtty.
1327
1328 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001329 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001330 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001331 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001333 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001334 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001335 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001336
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001337 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001338 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001339 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001340 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1341 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1342 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1343
1344 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1345 Define this string as the name of your company for
1346 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001347
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001348 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1349 Define this string as the name of your product
1350 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1351
1352 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1353 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1354 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1355 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1356 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001357
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001358 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1359 Define this as the unique Product ID
1360 for your device
1361 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001362
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001363- ULPI Layer Support:
1364 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1365 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1366 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1367 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1368 viewport is supported.
1369 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1370 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001371 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1372 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1373 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001374
1375- MMC Support:
1376 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1377 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1378 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1379 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001380 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1381 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001383 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1384 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1385
1386 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1387 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1388
1389 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1390 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1391
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001392- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1393 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1394 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1395
1396 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1397 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1398 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1399 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1400 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1401
1402 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1403 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1404
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001405 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1406 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1407
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001408 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1409 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1410 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1411 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1412 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1413
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001414 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1415 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1416 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1417 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1418 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1419 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1420
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001421- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1422 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1423 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1424 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001426 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1427 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001428 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001430 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001431 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1432 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1433
1434 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001435 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001436 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1437 have not defined a custom partition
1438
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001439- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1440 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001441
1442 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1443 file in FAT formatted partition.
1444
1445 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1446 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001447
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001448CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1449 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1450
1451 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1452 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1453 and cbfsload.
1454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001455- Keyboard Support:
1456 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1457
1458 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1459 support
1460
1461 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1462 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1463 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1464 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1465 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1466
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001467 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1468 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1469 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1470 which provides key scans on request.
1471
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001472- Video support:
1473 CONFIG_VIDEO
1474
1475 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1476 video).
1477
1478 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1479
1480 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1481
1482 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001483 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001484 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1485 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1486 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001488 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001489 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001490 are possible:
1491 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001492 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001493
1494 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1495 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1496 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1497 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1498 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1499 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1500 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001501 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1502
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001503 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001504 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001505
1506
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001507 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001508 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001509 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1510 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1511
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001512 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001513 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001514 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1515 support, and should also define these other macros:
1516
1517 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1518 CONFIG_VIDEO
1519 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1520 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1521 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1522 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1523 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1524 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1525
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001526 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1527 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1528 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1529 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001530
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001531 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1532
1533 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1534 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1535 driver.
1536
1537
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001538- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001539 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001540
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001541 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1542 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1543 defined in your board-specific files.
1544 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001545
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1547
1548 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1549 display); also select one of the supported displays
1550 by defining one of these:
1551
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001552 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1553
1554 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1555
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001556 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001558 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001559
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001560 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001561
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001562 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1563 Active, color, single scan.
1564
1565 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1566
1567 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001568 Active, color, single scan.
1569
1570 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1571
1572 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1573 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1574
1575 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1576
1577 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1578 Active, color, single scan.
1579
1580 CONFIG_HLD1045
1581
1582 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1583 Active, color, single scan.
1584
1585 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1586
1587 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1588 or
1589 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1590 or
1591 Hitachi SP14Q002
1592
1593 320x240. Black & white.
1594
1595 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001596 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001597
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001598 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1599
1600 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1601 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1602 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1603 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1604 a per-section basis.
1605
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001606 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1607
1608 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1609 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1610 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1611 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001612
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001613 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1614
1615 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1616
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001617 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1618
1619 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1620 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1621
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001622- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001623
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001624 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1625 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1626 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001627 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001628 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1629 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1630 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1631 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001632
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001633 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1634
1635 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1636 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1637 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1638 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1639 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1640 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1641 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1642 there is no need to set this option.
1643
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001644 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1645
1646 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1647 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1648 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1649 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1650 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1651 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1652
1653 Example:
1654 setenv splashpos m,m
1655 => image at center of screen
1656
1657 setenv splashpos 30,20
1658 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1659
1660 setenv splashpos -10,m
1661 => vertically centered image
1662 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1663
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001664- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1665
1666 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1667 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1668 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1669
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001670- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1671
1672 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1673 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1674 bmp command.
1675
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001676- Do compresssing for memory range:
1677 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1678
1679 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1680 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1681
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001682- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001683 CONFIG_GZIP
1684
1685 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1686
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001687 CONFIG_BZIP2
1688
1689 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1690 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1691 compressed images are supported.
1692
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001693 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001694 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001695 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001696
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001697 CONFIG_LZMA
1698
1699 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1700 images is included.
1701
1702 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1703 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1704 formula:
1705
1706 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1707
1708 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1709 and Literal pos bits.
1710
1711 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1712 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1713 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1714 a very small buffer.
1715
1716 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1717 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001718 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001719
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001720 CONFIG_LZO
1721
1722 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1723 is included.
1724
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001725- MII/PHY support:
1726 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1727
1728 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1729
1730 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1731
1732 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1733
1734 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1735
1736 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001737 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001738
1739 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1740
1741 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1742 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1743 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1744 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1745
1746 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1747
1748 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1749 command issued before MII status register can be read
1750
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751- Ethernet address:
1752 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001753 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1755 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001756 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1757 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001759 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1760 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761 is not determined automatically.
1762
1763- IP address:
1764 CONFIG_IPADDR
1765
1766 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001767 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001769 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
1771- Server IP address:
1772 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1773
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001774 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001775 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001776 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001778 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1779
1780 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1781 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1782
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001783- Gateway IP address:
1784 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1785
1786 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1787 default router where packets to other networks are
1788 sent to.
1789 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1790
1791- Subnet mask:
1792 CONFIG_NETMASK
1793
1794 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1795 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1796 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1797 forwarded through a router.
1798 (Environment variable "netmask")
1799
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001800- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1801 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1802
1803 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1804 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001805 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001806 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1807 multicast group.
1808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001809- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1810 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1811
1812 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1813 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1814 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1815 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1816 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1817 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1818 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1819 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001820 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821
1822 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1823 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1824 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1825 4th and following
1826 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1827
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001828- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001829 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1830 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001831
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001832 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1833 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1834 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1835 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1836 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1837 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1838 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1839 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1840 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1841 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1842 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1843 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001844 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001845
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001846 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1847 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001848
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001849 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1850 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1851 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1852 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1853 is not available.
1854
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001855 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1856 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1857 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1858 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1859 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1860 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1861 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001862 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001863
1864 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1865 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1866 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001867 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001868 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1869 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001870
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001871 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1872
1873 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1874 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1875 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1876 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1877 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1878 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1879 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1880 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1881 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1882 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1883 this delay.
1884
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001885 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1886 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1887 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1888 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1889 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1890
1891 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1892
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001893 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001894 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001895
1896 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1897
1898 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1899
1900 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1901 of the device.
1902
1903 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1904
1905 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1906 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001907 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001908
1909 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1910
1911 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1912 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1913
1914 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1915
1916 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1917
1918 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1919
1920 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1921
1922 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1923
1924 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1925
1926 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1927
1928 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1929 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1930
1931 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1932
1933 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1934
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1936
1937 Several configurations allow to display the current
1938 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1939 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1940 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1941 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1942 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1943 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1944 feature in U-Boot.
1945
1946- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1947
1948 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1949 on those systems that support this (optional)
1950 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1951
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001952- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001953
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001954 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1955 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1956 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1957 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1958 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1959 interface.
1960
1961 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001962 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1963 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1964 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1965 for defining speed and slave address
1966 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1967 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1968 for defining speed and slave address
1969 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1970 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1971 for defining speed and slave address
1972 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1973 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1974 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001975
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001976 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1977 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1978 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1979 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1980 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1981 bus.
1982 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
1983 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1984 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1985 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1986 second bus.
1987
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001988 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
1989 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1990 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1991 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1992
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001993 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1994 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1995 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1996 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1997
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001998 additional defines:
1999
2000 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2001 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2002 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2003 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2004 omit this define.
2005
2006 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2007 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2008 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2009 omit this define.
2010
2011 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2012 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2013 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2014 define.
2015
2016 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2017 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2018 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2019 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2020 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2021
2022 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2023 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2024 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2025 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2026 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2027 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2028 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2029 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2030 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2031 }
2032
2033 which defines
2034 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002035 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2036 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2037 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2038 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2039 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002040 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002041 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2042 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002043
2044 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2045
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002046- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002047
2048 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2049 provides the following compelling advantages:
2050
2051 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2052 - approved multibus support
2053 - better i2c mux support
2054
2055 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2056
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002057 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2058 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2059 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002061 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002062 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002063 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2064 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002065 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002067 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002068
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002069 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002070 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002072 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002073 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002074 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002075 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002076
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002077 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002078 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002079 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2080 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2081 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002082
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002083 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2084
2085 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2086 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2087 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2088 commands until the slave device responds.
2089
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002090 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002091
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002092 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002093 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2094 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
2096 I2C_INIT
2097
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002098 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002099 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002101 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002102
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103 I2C_PORT
2104
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002105 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2106 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2107 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
2109 I2C_ACTIVE
2110
2111 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2112 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2113 define can be null.
2114
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002115 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2116
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117 I2C_TRISTATE
2118
2119 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2120 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2121 define can be null.
2122
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002123 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125 I2C_READ
2126
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002127 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2128 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002130 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002132 I2C_SDA(bit)
2133
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002134 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2135 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002137 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002138 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002139 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002140
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002141 I2C_SCL(bit)
2142
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002143 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2144 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002145
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002146 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002147 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002148 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150 I2C_DELAY
2151
2152 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2153 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002154 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002155 like:
2156
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002157 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002158
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002159 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2160
2161 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2162 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2163 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2164 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2165
2166 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2167 the generic GPIO functions.
2168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002169 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002170
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002171 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2172 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2173 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2174 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2175 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2176 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2177 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2178 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002179
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002180 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2181
2182 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2183 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2184 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2185 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2186 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2187 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2188 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2189 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2190
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002191 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2192
2193 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2194 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2195 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2196
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002197 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2198
2199 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002200 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2201 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002202 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002204 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002205
2206 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002207 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002208 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2209 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002210
2211 e.g.
2212 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002213 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002214
2215 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2216
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002217 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002218 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002219
2220 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002222 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002223
2224 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2225 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002227 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002228
2229 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2230 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002232 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002233
2234 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2235 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002237 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002238
2239 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2240 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2241 specified DTT device.
2242
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002243 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2244
2245 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2246 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2247 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2248 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2249 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2250 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2251 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2254
2255 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2256 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2257 D/As on the SACSng board)
2258
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002259 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2260
2261 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2262 only SH7757 is supported.
2263
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264 CONFIG_SPI_X
2265
2266 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2267 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2268
2269 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2270
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002271 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2272 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2273 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2274 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2275 defined, the board configuration must define several
2276 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2277 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002279 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2280
2281 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2282 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2283 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002284 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002285 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2286
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002287 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2288
2289 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002290 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002291
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002292- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2293
2294 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2295
2296 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2297
2298 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2299 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2300
2301 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2302
2303 Enables support for FPGA family.
2304 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2305
2306 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002308 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002310 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002312 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002314 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002316 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2317 status by the configuration function. This option
2318 will require a board or device specific function to
2319 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320
2321 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2322
2323 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2324 configuration driver.
2325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002326 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002329 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002331 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2332 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2333 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2334 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002336 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002337
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002338 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2339 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2340 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002341 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002343 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002344
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002345 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002346 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002348 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002350 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002351 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352
2353- Configuration Management:
2354 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2355
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002356 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2357 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
2359- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2360
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002361 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2362 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002363 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002364 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2365 protects these variables from casual modification by
2366 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2367 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002368 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369
2370 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2371 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002372 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002373 these parameters.
2374
2375 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2376 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002377 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002378 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2379 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2380 read-only.]
2381
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002382 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2383 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2384 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2385 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2386
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002387- Protected RAM:
2388 CONFIG_PRAM
2389
2390 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2391 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2392 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2393 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2394 this default value by defining an environment
2395 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2396 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2397 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2398 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2399 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2400 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2401 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2402
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002403 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404 saveenv
2405
2406 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2407 either, which results in a memory region that will
2408 not be affected by reboots.
2409
2410 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2411 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2412 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2413 following board configurations are known to be
2414 "pRAM-clean":
2415
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002416 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2417 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002418 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002419
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002420- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2421 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2422 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2423 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2424 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2425 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2426 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2427
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428- Error Recovery:
2429 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2430
2431 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2432 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2433 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002434 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2436 useful during development since you can try to debug
2437 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2438
2439 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2440
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002441 This variable defines the number of retries for
2442 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2443 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2444 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002446 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2447
2448 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2449
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002450 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2451
2452 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2453 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2454 try longer timeout such as
2455 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2456
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002458 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002459
2460 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2461
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002462 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2463 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002464
2465
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002466 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
2468 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2469 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2470 powerful command line syntax like
2471 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2472 constructs ("shell scripts").
2473
2474 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2475 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2476
2477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002478 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479
2480 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2481 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2482 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2483
2484 Note:
2485
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002486 In the current implementation, the local variables
2487 space and global environment variables space are
2488 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2489 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2490 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2491 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2492 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002494 Global environment variables are those you use
2495 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2496 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2497 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002498
2499 To store commands and special characters in a
2500 variable, please use double quotation marks
2501 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2502 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2503 symbols.
2504
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002505- Commandline Editing and History:
2506 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2507
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002508 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002509 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002510
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002511- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2513
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002514 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2515 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002516 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002517
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002518 For example, place something like this in your
2519 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520
2521 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2522 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2523 "myvar2=value2\0"
2524
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002525 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2526 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2527 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2528 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002529 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530 You better know what you are doing here.
2531
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002532 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2533 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002534 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002535 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002537 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2538
2539 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2540 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2541 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2542
2543 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2544
2545 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2546 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2547 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2548 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2549 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2550
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002551 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2552
2553 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2554 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2555 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2556
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002557 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2558
2559 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2560 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2561 that so that the environment is not available until
2562 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2563 this is instead controlled by the value of
2564 /config/load-environment.
2565
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002566- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002567 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2568
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002569 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2570 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2571 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002572
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002573- Serial Flash support
2574 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2575
2576 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2577 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2578
2579 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2580 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2581 commands.
2582
2583 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2584 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2585 flash is present on the system.
2586
2587 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2588 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2589 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2590 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2591
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002592 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2593
2594 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2595 test ('sf test').
2596
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302597 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2598
2599 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2600 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2601
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002602- SystemACE Support:
2603 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2604
2605 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2606 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002607 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002608 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002609
2610 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002611 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002612
2613 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2614 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2615
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002616- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2617 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2618
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002619 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002620 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002621 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002622 number generator is used.
2623
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002624 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2625 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2626 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2627
2628 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002629 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2630 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2631 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2632 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2633 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2634 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2635
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002636- Hashing support:
2637 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2638
2639 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2640 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2641
2642 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2643
2644 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2645 size a little.
2646
2647 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2648 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2649
2650 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2651 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2652
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002653- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2654 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2655 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2656 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2657
2658 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2659 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2660 a boot from specific media.
2661
2662 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2663 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2664 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2665 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2666 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2667
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002668- Signing support:
2669 CONFIG_RSA
2670
2671 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2672 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2673
2674 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2675 option.
2676
2677
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002678- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002679 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2682 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2683 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2684 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2685 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2686 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002688- Detailed boot stage timing
2689 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2690 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2691 of the boot process.
2692
2693 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2694 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2695 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2696 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2697 the limit, recording will stop.
2698
2699 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2700 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2701
2702 Timer summary in microseconds:
2703 Mark Elapsed Stage
2704 0 0 reset
2705 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2706 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2707 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2708 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2709 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2710 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2711 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2712
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002713 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2714 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2715 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2716
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002717 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2718 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2719 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2720 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2721 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2722 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2723 For example:
2724
2725 bootstage {
2726 154 {
2727 name = "board_init_f";
2728 mark = <3575678>;
2729 };
2730 170 {
2731 name = "lcd";
2732 accum = <33482>;
2733 };
2734 };
2735
2736 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2737
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002738Legacy uImage format:
2739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740 Arg Where When
2741 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002742 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002744 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002746 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002747 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2748 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2749 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002750 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002751 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2752 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2753 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2754 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002755 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002757
2758 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2759 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2760 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2761 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2762 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2763 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2764 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002765 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002766 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2767 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2768
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002769 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002770
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002771 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002772 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2773 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002774
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002775 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2776 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2777 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2778 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2779 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2780 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2781 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2782 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2783 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2784 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2785 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2786 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2787 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2788 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2789 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2790 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2791 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2792 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2793 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2794 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2795 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2796 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2797 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2798 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2799 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2800 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2801 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2802 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2803 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2804 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2805 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2806 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2807 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2808 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2809 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2810 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2811 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2812 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2813 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2814 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2815 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2816 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2817 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2818 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2819 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2820 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2821 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002823 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002825 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002826 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2827 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002828
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002829 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2830 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002831 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002832 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2833 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2834 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002835 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2836 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002837 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002839FIT uImage format:
2840
2841 Arg Where When
2842 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2843 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2844 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2845 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2846 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2847 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002848 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002849 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2850 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2851 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2852 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2853 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002854 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2855 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002856 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2857 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2858 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2859 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2860 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2861 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2862 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2863 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2864
2865 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2866 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2867 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002868 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002869 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2870 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2871 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2872 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2873 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2874 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2875 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2876 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2877 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2878 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2879 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2880 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2881
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002882 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002883 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2884
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002885 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002886 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2887
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002888 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002889 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2890
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002891- FIT image support:
2892 CONFIG_FIT
2893 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2894
2895 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2896 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2897 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2898 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2899 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2900 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2901
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002902 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2903 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2904 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2905 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2906
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002907- Standalone program support:
2908 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2909
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002910 This option defines a board specific value for the
2911 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2912 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002913 settings.
2914
2915- Frame Buffer Address:
2916 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2917
2918 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002919 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2920 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2921 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2922 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2923 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2924 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2925 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002926
2927 Please see board_init_f function.
2928
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002929- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2930 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2931 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2932 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2933
2934 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2935 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2936
2937- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2938 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2939
2940 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2941 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2942
2943 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2944
2945 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2946 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2947
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002948- UBI support
2949 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2950
2951 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2952 with the UBI flash translation layer
2953
2954 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2955
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002956 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2957
2958 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2959 warnings and errors enabled.
2960
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002961- UBIFS support
2962 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2963
2964 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2965 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2966
2967 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2968
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002969 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2970
2971 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2972 warnings and errors enabled.
2973
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002974- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002975 CONFIG_SPL
2976 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002977
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002978 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2979 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2980
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002981 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2982 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2983 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2984 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002985 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002986 must not be both defined at the same time.
2987
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002988 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002989 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2990 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2991 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2992 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002993
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002994 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2995 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002996
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002997 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2998 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2999 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3000
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003001 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3002 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3003
3004 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003005 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3006 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3007 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003008 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003009 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003010
3011 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3012 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3013
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003014 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3015 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3016 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3017 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3018
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003019 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3020 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3021
3022 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3023 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003024
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003025 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3026 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3027 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3028 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3029
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003030 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3031 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3032 about the running system.
3033
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003034 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3035 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3036
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003037 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3038 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003039
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003040 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3041 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003042
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003043 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3044 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003045
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003046 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3047 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003048
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003049 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3050 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003051
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003052 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3053 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3054 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3055 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3056 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3057
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003058 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3059 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3060 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3061
3062 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3063 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3064 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3065 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3066 (for falcon mode)
3067
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003068 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3069 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3070
3071 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3072 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3073
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003074 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3075 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3076 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3077
3078 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3079 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3080 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3081
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003082 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3083 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3084 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3085 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3086 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3087
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003088 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3089 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3090 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3091
3092 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3093 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3094
3095 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3096 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3097
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003098 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003099 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3100 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003101
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003102 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3103 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3104 arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xxx/ddr/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3105
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003106 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3107 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3108 SPL binary.
3109
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003110 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3111 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3112 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3113 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3114 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3115 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003116 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003117
3118 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003119 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3120
3121 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3122 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3123
3124 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3125 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003126
3127 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003128 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003129
3130 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3131 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3132 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3133
3134 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3135 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3136 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3137
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003138 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3139 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003140
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003141 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3142 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003143
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003144 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3145 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003146
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003147 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3148 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3149
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003150 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3151 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003152
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003153 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3154 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3155
3156 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3157 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3158 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3159 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3160
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003161 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003162 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3163 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3164 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3165 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3166 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003167
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003168 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3169 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3170 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3171 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3172
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003173 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3174 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3175 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3176 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3177 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3178
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003179- TPL framework
3180 CONFIG_TPL
3181 Enable building of TPL globally.
3182
3183 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3184 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3185 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3186 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3187 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3188 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190Modem Support:
3191--------------
3192
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003193[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003195- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3197
3198- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3199 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3200
3201- Modem debug support:
3202 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3203
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003204 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3205 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003207- Interrupt support (PPC):
3208
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003209 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3210 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003211 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003212 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003213 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003214 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003215 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003216 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3217 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3218 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220- General:
3221
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003222 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3223 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3224 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003225 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003226 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3227 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3228 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003230 If there are no modem init strings in the
3231 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3232 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003233 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003234
3235 See also: doc/README.Modem
3236
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003237Board initialization settings:
3238------------------------------
3239
3240During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3241to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3242before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3243following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3244architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3245typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3246
3247- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3248- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3249- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3250- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003251
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003252Configuration Settings:
3253-----------------------
3254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003255- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003256 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3257
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003258- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3259 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3260
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003261- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003262 prompt for user input.
3263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003264- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003266- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003268- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003270- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003271 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3272 booted
3273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003274- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003275 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003277- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003278 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003280- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003281 If the board specific function
3282 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3283 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003284 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003286- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003287 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003289- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3294 simple memory test.
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003297 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003299- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003300 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3301 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003303- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3304 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003305 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003306 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003307 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3308 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3309 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003310 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003311 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003312 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003313
3314 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3315 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3316 be touched.
3317
3318 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3319 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3320 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3321 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3322 problems.
3323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003324- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003325 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003327- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3329
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003330- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003331 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3332 Cogent motherboard)
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003338 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3339 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003340 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003341 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003343- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003344 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3345 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3346 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3347 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003349- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003350 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003352- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003353 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3354 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003355 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003356 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003358- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3360 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003361 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3362 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3363 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3364 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003365 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003366 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3367 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3368 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003370- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3371 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3372 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3373 is enabled.
3374
3375- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3376 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3377 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3378
3379- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3380 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3381 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003383- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384 Max number of Flash memory banks
3385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003386- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003389- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003390 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003392- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003393 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003395- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003396 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003398- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003399 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003402 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3403 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003405- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003406
3407 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3408 without this option such a download has to be
3409 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3410 copy from RAM to flash.
3411
3412 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3413 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003414 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3415 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003418- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003419 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003420 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003422- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003423 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3424 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003426- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3427 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3428 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3429 to the MTD layer.
3430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003431- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003432 Use buffered writes to flash.
3433
3434- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3435 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3436 write commands.
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003439 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3440 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3441 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3442 optionally available.
3443
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003444- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3445 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3446 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3447 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3448
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003449- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3450 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3451 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3452 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3453 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3454 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3455 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3456 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003458- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003459 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3460 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003461 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3462 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003463 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003464 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3465
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003466- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3467
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003468 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3469 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3470 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3471 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3472 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003473
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003474- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3475- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3476 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3477 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3478 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3479 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3480
3481 The format of the list is:
3482 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003483 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3484 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003485 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3486 list = entry[,list]
3487
3488 The type attributes are:
3489 s - String (default)
3490 d - Decimal
3491 x - Hexadecimal
3492 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3493 i - IP address
3494 m - MAC address
3495
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003496 The access attributes are:
3497 a - Any (default)
3498 r - Read-only
3499 o - Write-once
3500 c - Change-default
3501
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003502 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3503 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3504 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3505
3506 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3507 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3508 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3509 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3510 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3511 ".flags" variable.
3512
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003513- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3514 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3515 access flags.
3516
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003517- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3518 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3519 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3520 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3521 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3522 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3523 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3524 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3525 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3526
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003527- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3528 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3529 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3530 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3531 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3532
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003533- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3534 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3535 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3536 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003537
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003538The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3539of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3540following configurations:
3541
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003542- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3543
3544 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3545 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003547- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548
3549 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3550
3551 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3552 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3553 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3554 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3555 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3556 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3557 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3558 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3559 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3560 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3561 between U-Boot and the environment.
3562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003563 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003564
3565 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3566 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3567 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3568 for this sector is given here.
3569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003572 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573
3574 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3575 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003576 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003578 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
3580 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3581
3582
3583 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3584 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3585 the environment.
3586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003587 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003589 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003590 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003591 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3592 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3593
3594 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3595 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3596 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3597 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3598 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3599 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3600 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3601 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3602 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3603
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003604 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3605 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003607 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003608 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003609 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003610 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003611
3612BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3613source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3614accordingly!
3615
3616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003617- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618
3619 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3620 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3621 environment.
3622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003623 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3624 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003626 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003627 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3628 can just be read and written to, without any special
3629 provision.
3630
3631BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3632in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003633console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634U-Boot will hang.
3635
3636Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3637environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3638keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3639to save the current settings.
3640
3641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003642- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
3644 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3645 device and a driver for it.
3646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003647 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3648 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
3650 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3651 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003653 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3655 The default address is zero.
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3659 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3660 would require six bits.
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003662 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003664 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3668 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003671 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3672 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3673 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3674 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3675 byte chips.
3676
3677 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3678 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3679 in the chip address.
3680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003681 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3683
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003684 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3685 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3686 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3687
3688 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3689 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3690 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3691 EEPROM. For example:
3692
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003693 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003694
3695 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3696 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003698- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003699
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003700 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003701 want to use for the environment.
3702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003703 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3704 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3705 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003706
3707 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3708 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3709 at the specified address.
3710
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003711- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3712
3713 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3714 want to use for the local device's environment.
3715
3716 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3717 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3718
3719 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3720 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3721 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003722 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003723
3724BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3725"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003726environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3727but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003729- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003730
3731 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3732 for the environment.
3733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003734 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3735 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003736
3737 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003738 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3739 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003740
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003741 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003743 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003744 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3745 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003746 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003747 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003748
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003749 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3750
3751 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3752 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3753 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3754 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3755 the range to be avoided.
3756
3757 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3758
3759 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3760 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3761 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3762 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3763 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003764
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003765- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3766
3767 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3768 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3769 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3770
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003771- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3772
3773 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3774 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3775 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3776
3777 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3778
3779 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3780
3781 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3782
3783 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3784 environment in.
3785
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003786 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3787
3788 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3789 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3790 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3791
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003792 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3793 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3794
3795 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3796 when storing the env in UBI.
3797
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003798- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3799
3800 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3801 environment.
3802
3803 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3804
3805 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3806
3807 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3808
3809 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3810 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3811 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3812
3813 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3814 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3815
3816 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3817 area within the specified MMC device.
3818
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003819 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3820 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3821 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3822 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3823 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3824 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3825 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3826
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003827 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3828 MMC sector boundary.
3829
3830 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3831
3832 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3833 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3834 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3835 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3836
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003837 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3838 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3839
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003840 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3841 an MMC sector boundary.
3842
3843 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3844
3845 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3846 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3847 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
3851 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3852 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3853 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3854 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3855 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3856 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3857 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3858
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003859Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003861created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862until then to read environment variables.
3863
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003864The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3865is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3866with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3867necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3868"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3869have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
3871Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3872the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003873use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003875- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003876 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003879 also needs to be defined.
3880
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003881- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003882 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003884- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3885 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3886 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3887 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3888 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3889 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3890
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003891- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3892 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3893 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3894 to do this.
3895
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003896- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3897 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3898 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3899 present.
3900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003901Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003902---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003909
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003910 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3911 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3912 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003914- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3915 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3916 PowerPC SOCs.
3917
3918- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3919 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3920 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3921
3922 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3923 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3924
3925- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3926 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3927 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003928 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003929 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3930 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3931 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3932
3933 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3934 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3935
3936- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003937 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3938 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003939 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3940 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3941
3942- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3943 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3944 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3945 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3946
3947- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3948 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3949 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3950
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003951- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003952 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003953
3954 the default drive number (default value 0)
3955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003956 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003957
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003958 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003959 (default value 1)
3960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003961 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003962
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003963 defines the offset of register from address. It
3964 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003965 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3968 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003969 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003970
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003971 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003972 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3973 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3974 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3975 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003976
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003977- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3978 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3979 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3980 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3981 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3982 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3983 is requierd.
3984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003985- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003986 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003987 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003989- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003991 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3993 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3994 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3995 will become available only after programming the
3996 memory controller and running certain initialization
3997 sequences.
3998
3999 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4000 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4001 - MPC824X: data cache
4002 - PPC4xx: data cache
4003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004004- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
4006 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004007 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4008 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004010 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004011 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4012 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4013 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
4015 Note:
4016 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4017 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004018 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4020 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004022- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004026- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004028- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004030- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004034- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035 SDRAM timing
4036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004037- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038 periodic timer for refresh
4039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004040- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4043 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4044 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4045 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4047
4048- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004049 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4050 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004053- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4054 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4056 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004058- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4060 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004062- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004063 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4064 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004066- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4068 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4072 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4073 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004075- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004076 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4077 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4078 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4079 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004081- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4082 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4083 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4084 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4085 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4086 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4087 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4088 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004089 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004090
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004091- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4092 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4093 required.
4094
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004095- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4096 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4097 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4098 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4099 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4100 by coreboot or similar.
4101
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004102- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4103 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4104
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004105- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4106 Chip has SRIO or not
4107
4108- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4109 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4110
4111- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4112 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4113
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004114- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4115 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4116
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004117- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4118 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4119
4120- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4121 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4122
4123- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4124 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4125
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004126- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4127 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4128 a 16 bit bus.
4129 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004130 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004131 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004132 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004133
4134- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4135 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4136 a default value will be used.
4137
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004138- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004139 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4140 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4141
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004142 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4143 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004145- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004146 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4147 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4148 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004149
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004150- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4151 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4152 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4153 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4154 header files or board specific files.
4155
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004156- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4157 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004159- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004160 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4161 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004162
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004163- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4164 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4165
4166- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4167 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004168 to the given FEC; i. e.
4169 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004170 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4171
4172 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4173
4174- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4175 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4176 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4177
4178- CONFIG_RMII
4179 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4180 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4181 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4182
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004183- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4184 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4185 The syntax is:
4186
4187 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4188
4189 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4190 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4191 area should have.
4192
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004193- CONFIG_LOOPW
4194 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004195 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004196
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004197- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4198 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4199 "md/mw" commands.
4200 Examples:
4201
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004202 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004203 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4204
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004205 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004206 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4207
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004208 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004209 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004210
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004211- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004212 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004213 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4214 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4215 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004216
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004217 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4218 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4219 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4220 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004221
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004222- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004223 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4224 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4225 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004226
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004227- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4228 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4229 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4230 It is loaded by the SPL.
4231
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004232- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4233 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4234 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4235 previous 4k of the .text section.
4236
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004237- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4238 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4239 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4240 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4241 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4242 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4243 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4244 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4245
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004246- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4247 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4248 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4249 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4250 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4251
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004252- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4253 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4254 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004255
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004256- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4257 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4258
4259 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004260
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004261Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4262-----------------------------------
4263
4264The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4265loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4266This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4267are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4268within that device.
4269
4270- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4271 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4272 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4273 is also specified.
4274
4275- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4276 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4277 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4278 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4279 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4280
4281- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4282 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4283 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4284 virtual address in NOR flash.
4285
4286- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4287 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4288 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4289
4290- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4291 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4292 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4293
4294- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4295 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4296 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4297
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004298- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4299 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4300 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004301 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4302 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4303 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004304
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305Building the Software:
4306======================
4307
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004308Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4309and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4310all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4311(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4312recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4313which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004315If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4316have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4317you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4318Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4319necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004321 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4322 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004324Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4325 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4326 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4327 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4328
4329 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4330
4331 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4332 be executed on computers running Windows.
4333
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004334U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4335sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336is done by typing:
4337
4338 make NAME_config
4339
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004340where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004341rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4344 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4345 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4346 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004347 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349 make TQM823L_config
4350 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4353 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004356
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4359images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4362- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4363- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004365By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4366in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4367this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4368
43691. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4370
4371 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4372 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4373 make O=/tmp/build all
4374
43752. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4376
4377 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4378 make distclean
4379 make NAME_config
4380 make all
4381
4382Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4383variable.
4384
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004386Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4387for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4388native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4392to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4393steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043951. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004396 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4397 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000043982. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4399 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4400 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
44013. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4402 your board
44033. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4404 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
44054. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
44065. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4407 to be installed on your target system.
44086. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4409 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4413==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004414
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004415If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4416or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4418the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004419official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004421But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4422cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4424just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004425for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4426select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4427environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4428you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004436When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4437U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4438setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4439built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4440<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4441location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4442variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004443
4444 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4445 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4446 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4447
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004448With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4449log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4450during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004451
4452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004454
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004456Monitor Commands - Overview:
4457============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459go - start application at address 'addr'
4460run - run commands in an environment variable
4461bootm - boot application image from memory
4462bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004463bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4465 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4466 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004467tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4469diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4470loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4471loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4472md - memory display
4473mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4474nm - memory modify (constant address)
4475mw - memory write (fill)
4476cp - memory copy
4477cmp - memory compare
4478crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004479i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480sspi - SPI utility commands
4481base - print or set address offset
4482printenv- print environment variables
4483setenv - set environment variables
4484saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4485protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4486erase - erase FLASH memory
4487flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004488nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4490iminfo - print header information for application image
4491coninfo - print console devices and informations
4492ide - IDE sub-system
4493loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004494loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495mtest - simple RAM test
4496icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4497dcache - enable or disable data cache
4498reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4499echo - echo args to console
4500version - print monitor version
4501help - print online help
4502? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004505Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4506========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004508TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
4512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513Environment Variables:
4514======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4517can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004518
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004519Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4520"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4521without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4522environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4523working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4524environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004526Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4527
4528List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004540 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4541 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4542 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4543 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4544 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4545 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004546 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4547 bootm_mapsize.
4548
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004549 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004550 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4551 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4552 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4553 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4554 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4555 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004556
4557 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4558 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4559 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4560 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4561 environment variable.
4562
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004563 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4564 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4565 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4568 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4569 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4570 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4573 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4574 be automatically started (by internally calling
4575 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4578 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4579 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4580 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4581 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004583 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4584 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004585 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4586 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4587 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4588 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4589 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4590 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4591 access it during the boot procedure.
4592
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004593 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4594 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4595 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4596 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4597 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4598 must be accessible by the kernel.
4599
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004600 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4601 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4602 defined.
4603
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004604 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4605 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4606 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4607 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4608 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4611 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4612 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4613 is usually what you want since it allows for
4614 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4615 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004616 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4618 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4619 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4620 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4623 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4624 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4625 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4626 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4627 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4632 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4633 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4634 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4635 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4636 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4637 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4642 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004654 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004656 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4657 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004659 => setenv ethact FEC
4660 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4661 => setenv ethact SCC
4662 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004664 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4665 available network interfaces.
4666 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4667
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004668 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4670 When set to "once" the network operation will
4671 fail when all the available network interfaces
4672 are tried once without success.
4673 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4674 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004676 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004677
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004678 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4679 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4680 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4681 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4682 is silent.
4683
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004684 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004685 UDP source port.
4686
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004687 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4688 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4689
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004690 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4691 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4692
4693 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4694 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4695 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4696 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4697 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4698 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4699 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4700
4701 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004702 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004704
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004705The following image location variables contain the location of images
4706used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4707not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4708variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4709server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4710loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4711flash or offset in NAND flash.
4712
4713*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4714boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4715boards use these variables for other purposes.
4716
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004717Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4718----- --------- ----------- --------------
4719u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4720Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4721device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4722ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4725updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4726depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728 bootfile - see above
4729 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4730 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4731 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4732 hostname - Target hostname
4733 ipaddr - see above
4734 netmask - Subnet Mask
4735 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4736 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004737
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4742 as type string and/or serial number
4743 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4746the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4747once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
4749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4753 with the "version" command. This variable is
4754 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4758only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004760
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004761Callback functions for environment variables:
4762---------------------------------------------
4763
4764For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4765when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4766be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4767deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4768effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4769
4770The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4771U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4772
4773These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4774static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4775in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4776associations. The list must be in the following format:
4777
4778 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4779 list = entry[,list]
4780
4781If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4782Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4783
4784Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4785with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4786override any association in the static list. You can define
4787CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4788".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4789
4790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791Command Line Parsing:
4792=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4795the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797Old, simple command line parser:
4798--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4801- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004802- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4804 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004805 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4807 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809Hush shell:
4810-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4813 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4814 until...do...done, ...
4815- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4816 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4817 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4818 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820General rules:
4821--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4824 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4825 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4826 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004829 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4831 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4834=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004835
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004836Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4838"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4841MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4842"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4845in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4846ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4847variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4850 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4853 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4854 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4857 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4860 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4861 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4864 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004866If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004867will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004868may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4869The naming convention is as follows:
4870"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872Image Formats:
4873==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004875U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4876images in two formats:
4877
4878New uImage format (FIT)
4879-----------------------
4880
4881Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4882to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4883components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4884SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4885
4886
4887Old uImage format
4888-----------------
4889
4890Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4891preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4892details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4895 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004896 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4897 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4898 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004899* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004900 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4901 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4903* Load Address
4904* Entry Point
4905* Image Name
4906* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4909and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4910CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913Linux Support:
4914==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4917easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4918U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4921special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4922"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4923instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4924serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4927 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4928 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4931 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4934 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4935 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4936 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4937 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4938 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941Linux HOWTO:
4942============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4945---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4948configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4949(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4950Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004952But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4955include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004956Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4957and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004958as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961Configuring the Linux kernel:
4962-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4965device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968Building a Linux Image:
4969-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4972not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4973"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4974U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4975which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4976100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 make TQM850L_config
4981 make oldconfig
4982 make dep
4983 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4986encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4987CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4994 -R .note -R .comment \
4995 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5004 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5005 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005006
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5009with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5010combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5011byte header containing information about target architecture,
5012operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5013stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5016print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5019contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5020checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 tools/mkimage -l image
5023 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5026from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5029 -n name -d data_file image
5030 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5031 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5032 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5033 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5034 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5035 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5036 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5037 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005038
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005039Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5040address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5041kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5044- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5049 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005050 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5052 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5053 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5054 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5055 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5056 Load Address: 0x00000000
5057 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5062 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5063 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5065 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5066 Load Address: 0x00000000
5067 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5070speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5071needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5072need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005074 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5076 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005077 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5079 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5080 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5081 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5082 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5083 Load Address: 0x00000000
5084 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5088when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5091 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5092 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5093 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5094 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5095 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5096 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5097 Load Address: 0x00000000
5098 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005099
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101Installing a Linux Image:
5102-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5105you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5110image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5111address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5112specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5113command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5116TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120 .......... done
5121 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123 => loads 40100000
5124 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5125 ~>examples/image.srec
5126 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5127 ...
5128 15989 15990 15991 15992
5129 [file transfer complete]
5130 [connected]
5131 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
5133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005135this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5141 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5142 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5143 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5144 Load Address: 00000000
5145 Entry Point: 0000000c
5146 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
5148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149Boot Linux:
5150-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5153memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5154of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5155parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5156"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
5158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159 => printenv bootargs
5160 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164 => printenv bootargs
5165 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167 => bootm 40020000
5168 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5169 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5170 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5171 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5172 Load Address: 00000000
5173 Entry Point: 0000000c
5174 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5175 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5176 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5177 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5178 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5179 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5180 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5181 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005183If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5185format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5190 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5191 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5192 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5193 Load Address: 00000000
5194 Entry Point: 0000000c
5195 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5198 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5199 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5200 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5201 Load Address: 00000000
5202 Entry Point: 00000000
5203 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5206 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5207 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5208 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5209 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5210 Load Address: 00000000
5211 Entry Point: 0000000c
5212 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5213 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5214 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5215 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5216 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5217 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5218 Load Address: 00000000
5219 Entry Point: 00000000
5220 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5221 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5222 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5223 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5224 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5225 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5226 ...
5227 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5228 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005232Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5233-----------
5234
5235First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5236titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5237following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5238flat device tree:
5239
5240=> print oftaddr
5241oftaddr=0x300000
5242=> print oft
5243oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5244=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5245Speed: 1000, full duplex
5246Using TSEC0 device
5247TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5248Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5249Load address: 0x300000
5250Loading: #
5251done
5252Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5253=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5254Speed: 1000, full duplex
5255Using TSEC0 device
5256TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5257Filename 'uImage'.
5258Load address: 0x200000
5259Loading:############
5260done
5261Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5262=> print loadaddr
5263loadaddr=200000
5264=> print oftaddr
5265oftaddr=0x300000
5266=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5267## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005268 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5269 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5270 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005271 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005272 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005273 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5274 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5275Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5276Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5277Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5278[snip]
5279
5280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281More About U-Boot Image Types:
5282------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5287 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5288 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5289 the Standalone Program.
5290 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5291 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5292 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5293 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5294 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5295 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5296 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5297 being started.
5298 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5299 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5300 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5301 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5302 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5303 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5306 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5307 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5308 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5309 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5310 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5313 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5314 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5317 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5318 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5319 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005320
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005321Booting the Linux zImage:
5322-------------------------
5323
5324On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5325using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5326as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5327
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005328Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005329kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5330address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5331format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334Standalone HOWTO:
5335=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5338run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5339U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343"Hello World" Demo:
5344-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5347application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5348It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5349like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351 => loads
5352 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5353 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5354 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5355 [file transfer complete]
5356 [connected]
5357 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5360 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5361 Hello World
5362 argc = 7
5363 argv[0] = "40004"
5364 argv[1] = "Hello"
5365 argv[2] = "World!"
5366 argv[3] = "This"
5367 argv[4] = "is"
5368 argv[5] = "a"
5369 argv[6] = "test."
5370 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5371 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5376handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5377Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5378The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5379character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5380controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5383 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5384 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5385 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387 => loads
5388 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5389 ~>examples/timer.srec
5390 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5391 [file transfer complete]
5392 [connected]
5393 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395 => go 40004
5396 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5397 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5398 Using timer 1
5399 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401Hit 'b':
5402 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5403 Enabling timer
5404Hit '?':
5405 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5406 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5407Hit '?':
5408 [q, b, e, ?] .
5409 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5410Hit '?':
5411 [q, b, e, ?] .
5412 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5413Hit '?':
5414 [q, b, e, ?] .
5415 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5416Hit 'e':
5417 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5418Hit 'q':
5419 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
5421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422Minicom warning:
5423================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5426"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5427consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5428Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5429especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005430use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5431http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5432for help with kermit.
5433
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5436configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5439 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5440 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005441
5442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443NetBSD Notes:
5444=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5447(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5450NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5451need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5452Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5453attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5454missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5457 # mkdir powerpc
5458 # ln -s powerpc machine
5459 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5460 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5463and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5466stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5467proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5468tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005469meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
5471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472Implementation Internals:
5473=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5476implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5477inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5478hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
5480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481Initial Stack, Global Data:
5482---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5485starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5486system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5487This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5488is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5489at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5490options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5491models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5492MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5493locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005495 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005496 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5499 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5500 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5501 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5504 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5505 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5506 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5507 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005508 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5510 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5513 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005514 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5516 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5517 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5518 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5522 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005523 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5525 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5526 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5527 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5528 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005530 -Chris Hallinan
5531 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5534code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5537 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005539* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5541 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005543* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5544 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5547normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5548turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5549simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5550functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5551functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5552the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5553place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5554reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5557relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5558GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5561 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005562 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5564 R5-R10: parameter passing
5565 R13: small data area pointer
5566 R30: GOT pointer
5567 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005568
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005569 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5570 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5571 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005573 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005575 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5576 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5577 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5578 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5579 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5580 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005582On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005583 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5584
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005585 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589 R0: function argument word/integer result
5590 R1-R3: function argument word
5591 R9: GOT pointer
5592 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5593 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5594 R12: temporary workspace
5595 R13: stack pointer
5596 R14: link register
5597 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005600
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005601On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5602 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5603
5604 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5605
5606 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5607 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5608
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005609On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5610
5611 R0-R1: argument/return
5612 R2-R5: argument
5613 R15: temporary register for assembler
5614 R16: trampoline register
5615 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5616 R29: global pointer (GP)
5617 R30: link register (LP)
5618 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5619 PC: program counter (PC)
5620
5621 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5622
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005623NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5624or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626Memory Management:
5627------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5630MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5633controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5634memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5635physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5638TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5639booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5640to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005641memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5643Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5646of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5649this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5652 :
5653 0x0000 1FFF
5654 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5655 :
5656 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005658 :
5659 :
5660 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5661 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5662 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5663 :
5664 0x00FD FFFF
5665 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5666 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5667 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5668 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
5670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005671System Initialization:
5672----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005675(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5677To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5678To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5679initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5680which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5681part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5682the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5685preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5686(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5687on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5688programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5689simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5690banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5693different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5694bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
56950x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5696contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5699and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5700Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5701pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5704until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5705running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5706new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
5708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709U-Boot Porting Guide:
5710----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5713list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
5715
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005716int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005717{
5718 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005720 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5721 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005724 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725 return 0;
5726 }
5727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728 Download latest U-Boot source;
5729
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005730 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005732 if (clueless)
5733 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 while (learning) {
5736 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005737 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5738 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005740 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005742
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005743 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5744 Buy a BDI3000;
5745 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005747
5748 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5749 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5750 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5751 } else {
5752 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5753 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005755 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5756 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005758 while (!accepted) {
5759 while (!running) {
5760 do {
5761 Add / modify source code;
5762 } until (compiles);
5763 Debug;
5764 if (clueless)
5765 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5766 }
5767 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5768 if (reasonable critiques)
5769 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5770 else
5771 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 return 0;
5775}
5776
5777void no_more_time (int sig)
5778{
5779 hire_a_guru();
5780}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
5782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783Coding Standards:
5784-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005787coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005788"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005790Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5791MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5792reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5793sources.
5794
5795Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5796Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5797in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005798
5799Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5800- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005801- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005803- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005804- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5805
5806Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5807with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
5809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810Submitting Patches:
5811-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5814establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5815may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005816
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005817Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005818
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005819Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5820see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5823it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5826 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5827 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5830 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5833
5834* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5835
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005836* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5837 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005838
5839* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5840 document these in the README file.
5841
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005842* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5843 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005844 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005845 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5846 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005847
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005848 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5849 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5850 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005851
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005852 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5853 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5854 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5855 affected files).
5856
5857 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5858 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859
5860* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5861 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5862
5863* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5864 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5865
5866
5867Notes:
5868
5869* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5870 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5871 for any of the boards.
5872
5873* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5874 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5875 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5876
5877* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5878 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5879 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5880 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5881 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5882 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005883
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005884* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5885 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5886 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5887 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.